{"title":"Driveline \u0026 Steering","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"arb-high-level-breather-kit","title":"ARB Differential Breather Kit - 170112","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your drivetrain a better chance when the track gets wet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHot differentials cool rapidly when you enter water, and that change can draw contaminants past low-mounted breathers or seals. The ARB 170112 kit moves the breathing point to a higher, filtered location, helping protect the oil and components you depend on when travelling off-road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADS170112\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the higher breather matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrivetrain housings need to breathe as the air inside heats and cools. The open-flow manifold lets them equalise pressure through a common filter, rather than relying on a low one-way breather. Position the filter above the water level you expect to encounter; it is the installation height that provides the benefit. The compact manifold is anodised billet aluminium, with a splash-resistant filter and washable sintered-bronze cartridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo assemblies now, room for four\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold accepts up to four breather lines. The supplied fittings and eight metres of 8 mm polyethylene tube cover at least two drivetrain assemblies; additional fittings and tube are needed to connect more. The larger tube helps resist blockage when oil enters a line during off-camber driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get the manifold, air-filter assembly, four 8 mm to 1\/8-inch BSP push-in fittings, three blanking plugs, eight metres of tubing, two self-tapping screws and 25 cable ties. Existing breather connections determine whether adapters or additional fitting work are needed. Route the tube clear of heat and allow for full suspension travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADS170112\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170112\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManifold outlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 1\/8-inch BSP breather ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilter port\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch NPT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m of 8 mm polyethylene tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied push-in fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 8 mm to 1\/8-inch BSP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlanking plugs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo self-tapping screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable ties\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInitial coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least two drivetrain assemblies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExpanded coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to four, with additional tubing and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltered manifold above expected water level; connections and routing suit the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManifold material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised billet aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir filter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplash-resistant, with washable high-flow sintered-bronze cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it make my vehicle waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It raises and filters the drivetrain breathing point; it does not seal the rest of your vehicle or increase its wading rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect the gearbox and transfer case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, suitable drivetrain breathers can share the four-outlet manifold. The supplied material covers at least two assemblies, with extra tube and fittings needed for further connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should the filter go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA high, accessible position above the water level you expect to encounter, with the lines kept clear of exhaust heat and moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52099399057750,"sku":"XADS170112","price":59.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_78bdbf9d-1706-4e35-8f3a-36173ac5fd20.png?v=1765975002"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-heavy-duty-tie-rod-kit-ford-bronco-2020-2025-ranger-raptor-2019-2025-upgraded-steering-tie-rods","title":"Apex Chassis KIT300 Heavy Duty Tie Rod Kit - Ford Bronco and Ranger Raptor Steering Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eApex Chassis KIT300 Front Tie Rod Kit for Ford Bronco and Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis KIT300 Heavy Duty Tie Rod Kit is a front steering upgrade for Ford Bronco 4WD and Ford Ranger Raptor 4WD owners who want more confidence from the steering linkage during off-road use, loaded trips and daily driving. It replaces the standard tie rod assemblies with a stronger, serviceable kit designed around forged steel and chromoly components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor shoppers comparing steering upgrades, KIT300 is focused on steering system reinforcement. It is not a full steering rack, suspension lift kit or cosmetic accessory. It targets the tie rods, which are a critical connection between rack movement and front wheel direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Steering Tie Rod Kit Improves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSteering tie rods transfer movement from the steering rack to the front wheels. When a 4x4 is used on ruts, rocks, mud, sand or rough tracks, those parts can see higher loads than they would in normal road use. Larger tyre setups can also add stress to the front steering linkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe KIT300 helps address that by strengthening a key point in the steering system. Apex Chassis uses a design stated as 33% larger than OE, with solid steel forged housings, forged chromoly ball studs and a metal-to-metal bearing design. The result is a heavy duty replacement kit aimed at durability and serviceability for demanding use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Apex Chassis KIT300 Kit Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 4WD drivers using their vehicle on trails, sand, rough rural roads or expedition routes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Bronco 4WD owners wanting a stronger front steering tie rod solution for mixed road and off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers running larger tyres where steering components may see increased load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop builds replacing worn steering parts while upgrading front-end durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want a greaseable, maintainable tie rod kit rather than a basic like-for-like replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a practical upgrade for off-road and performance 4x4 builds because it focuses on a component that directly affects steering response, wheel control and front-end serviceability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for Ranger Raptor 2019-2025 4WD applications and Ford Bronco 4WD applications. Manufacturer application data lists Ford Bronco 2021-2025 4WD and excludes Bronco Sport. If you are buying for a 2020 Bronco, check compatibility before ordering because model-year references can differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBronco fitment information includes Big Bend, Black Diamond, Outer Banks, Heritage, Heritage Limited and Badlands variants. Support is listed for HOSS 1.0 and HOSS 2.0. HOSS 3.0 applications are noted as requiring the boot to be stretched over the rack side during fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause steering parts are vehicle-specific, check your vehicle year, drivetrain, suspension package and existing steering setup before purchase. If the vehicle has aftermarket steering or suspension modifications, professional fitment checking is sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty front steering tie rod kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity Per Vehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Bronco 2021-2025 4WD and Ranger Raptor 2019-2025 4WD, with fitment notes checked before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExcluded Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBronco Sport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 1045 solid steel forged housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBall Stud Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 4140 hot forged chromoly ball studs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBoot Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCR rubber boots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing Design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal-to-metal bearing design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable E-coat finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-greased, greaseable and supplied with zerk fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 8 \/ class 10.9 hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTie rods, boots, zerk fittings and necessary hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eServiceability and Installation Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe KIT300 is supplied pre-greased and uses zerk fittings, so greasing can be incorporated into routine inspection. Greaseable joints are useful on off-road vehicles because mud, water, grit and repeated articulation can accelerate wear if steering parts are ignored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation involves front steering components, so correct tools, tightening procedure and alignment checks matter. After any tie rod change, a professional wheel alignment is recommended before serious road or off-road use, because tie rods affect front toe and steering geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDocumented service boot references include outer boot XP109 and inner boot BEL300, helping make future boot replacement easier to identify.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose KIT300 Instead of a Basic Replacement Tie Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA standard replacement tie rod can restore worn parts, but the Apex Chassis KIT300 is aimed at reinforcement. The 33% larger than OE design, SAE 1045 forged steel housing, SAE 4140 hot forged chromoly ball studs, metal-to-metal bearing layout and E-coat finish make it a stronger choice for vehicles that regularly see off-road steering loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Ranger Raptor or Bronco build, the benefit is straightforward: the steering linkage is upgraded with serviceable heavy duty components rather than left as a weak point in an otherwise capable vehicle setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm your vehicle is a Ford Bronco 4WD or Ranger Raptor 4WD application covered by the kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck Bronco model year carefully, particularly for 2020 vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck whether your Bronco has HOSS 1.0, HOSS 2.0 or HOSS 3.0 suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemember that HOSS 3.0 applications have a rack-side boot fitting note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan for wheel alignment after installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect surrounding steering and suspension components at the same time, especially on vehicles used off-road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Apex Chassis KIT300 replace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the front steering tie rod assemblies with a heavy duty kit supplied for the vehicle as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the Ford Bronco Sport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer fitment information excludes Bronco Sport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Ranger Raptor years are covered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFitment is listed for Ranger Raptor 2019-2025 4WD applications. Check exact vehicle details before ordering if your vehicle has non-standard steering or suspension parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should Ford Bronco owners check?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufacturer fitment information lists Bronco 2021-2025 4WD and notes HOSS 1.0 and HOSS 2.0 support. HOSS 3.0 needs the boot stretched over the rack side when fitted. Check 2020 model-year vehicles carefully before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the kit greaseable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is listed as pre-greased and greaseable, with zerk fittings included for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wheel alignment is recommended after changing tie rods because they affect front toe and steering geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52451102032214,"sku":"KIT300","price":360.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT3001.png?v=1769589350"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit101-super-hd-ball-joint-kit-dodge-ram-1500-2500-3500-4wd-2003-2013","title":"Apex Chassis KIT101 Super HD Ball Joint Kit – Dodge Ram 1500\/2500\/3500 4WD (2003–2013)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis Super HD Ball Joint Kit rebuilds the front end of a hard-worked Ram with joints made for the abuse. On a 2003-2013 Ram 2500 or 3500 4WD - or a 2006-2008 Ram 1500 8-lug - a heavy diesel front axle, big tyres and years of towing wear the factory ball joints loose, and the result is wander, clunks and vague steering. This kit replaces all four joints with CNC-machined SAE 1045 forged steel housings and SAE 4140 hot-forged chromoly ball studs, so the truck steers tight again and stays that way. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2003-2013 Ram 2500\/3500 4WD trucks with worn, clunking or wandering front ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-mileage trucks on their second or third set of factory-style joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy diesel front axles that tow, plough through winter roads or run larger tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding the front end once, with parts that outlast the originals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt For Heavy Front Axles\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFactory-style replacement joints wear out for the same reason the originals did. This kit's approach is different: forged one-piece housings, induction heat-treated and polished chromoly studs, a carbon bearing design in the uppers and military-grade acetal bearings in the lowers for wear resistance and dimensional stability. The lower joints use knurled housings - the preferred design for aftermarket installs because they bite into a knuckle that has already had joints pressed in and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Super HD ball joint kit (front, full vehicle set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: 2x BJ130 upper (un-knurled), 2x BJ131 lower (knurled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Dodge Ram 1500 (2006-2008) 4WD 8-lug; Ram 2500 (2003-2013) 4WD; Ram 3500 (2003-2013) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: SAE 1045 forged steel housings, SAE 4140 chromoly ball studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your truck's year, model and drivetrain against the application list before ordering - the 1500 fitment is the 2006-2008 8-lug truck only. Fitment shown is manufacturer reference, so check it against your vehicle. Ball joint replacement is a press-in job on this axle: plan proper tooling or a workshop install, and book a wheel alignment afterwards. If the knuckles are worn from previous joint changes, the knurled lowers are designed to hold in that situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuper HD ball joint kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT101\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x BJ130 upper; 2x BJ131 lower (knurled)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam 1500 2006-2008 4WD 8-lug; Ram 2500 2003-2013 4WD; Ram 3500 2003-2013 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 1045 forged steel, CNC machined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall Studs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 4140 chromoly, induction heat treated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon design (upper); acetal (lower)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this fix my truck's wander and clunking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf worn ball joints are the cause, yes - all four joints are replaced with heavy-duty forged units. Have the front end inspected first so you know which parts are actually worn before spending the money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the lower joint knurled and the upper not?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe knurled lower housing grips a knuckle that has already had joints pressed in and out, which is why it is the preferred aftermarket design where the most load sits. This kit pairs it with un-knurled uppers to match the factory bores.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - ball joints affect front geometry, so a wheel alignment after installation protects tyre wear and steering feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your year and model, rebuild the front end once, and browse the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ball-joints\"\u003eheavy-duty ball joint kits\u003c\/a\u003e if you run more than one truck.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474167714134,"sku":"KIT101","price":460.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT101-2.jpg?v=1783519066"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit102-hd-ball-joint-kit-jeep-wrangler-jk-grand-cherokee","title":"Apex Chassis KIT102 HD Ball Joint Kit - Jeep Wrangler JK \u0026 Grand Cherokee","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis HD Ball Joint Kit for the Jeep JK and Grand Cherokee puts tight, confident steering back into a Jeep front axle. On a Wrangler JK (2007-2018) or Grand Cherokee (1999-2004), worn ball joints show up as wander on the motorway, vibration through the wheel and vague response on the trail - and lifted setups with larger tyres wear the factory joints even faster. This kit replaces the front joints with forged steel housings and heat-treated chromoly studs built to carry that load. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJeep JK owners chasing out steering wander, vibration or death-wobble contributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifted JK builds on larger tyres that load the front joints harder than stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrand Cherokee (1999-2004) owners restoring worn front-end feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrail and daily Jeeps that need a fit-once fix rather than repeat factory joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Joints Matter On A Solid Axle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ball joints locate the steering knuckle on the axle, so every input - steering, braking, articulation - passes through them. Once they wear, no amount of tracking adjustment brings back precision. Compared with fitting another set of factory-style joints, this kit's CNC-machined forged housings and polished chromoly studs are built for the loads a modified or hard-driven Jeep actually sees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: HD ball joint kit (front, full vehicle set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT102\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: 2x BJ107 upper, 2x BJ109 lower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Jeep Grand Cherokee (1999-2004) 2WD or 4WD; Jeep Wrangler JK (2007-2018) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Forged steel housings, chromoly ball studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your model and year against the application list before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. Ball joint replacement on these axles is a press-in job, so plan the right tooling or a workshop visit, and book an alignment afterwards. If you are curing death wobble, inspect track bar, tie rod ends and steering damper at the same time so one worn part does not mask another.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHD ball joint kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x BJ107 upper; 2x BJ109 lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep Grand Cherokee 1999-2004 2WD\/4WD; Jeep Wrangler JK 2007-2018 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged steel housings, chromoly studs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this help with death wobble on my JK?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorn ball joints are a common contributor. This kit replaces them with heavy-duty units, but check the track bar, tie rod ends and damper too - wobble usually has more than one worn part behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit both 2WD and 4WD Grand Cherokees?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - the 1999-2004 Grand Cherokee application covers 2WD and 4WD. The Wrangler JK application is 4WD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools to fit them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe joints press into the axle, so a ball joint press or workshop install is the right route, followed by a wheel alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRebuilding the whole steering system? The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit140-2-5-ton-prolock-steering-kit-polished-aluminium-jeep-wrangler-jk\"\u003eKIT140 ProLock steering kit\u003c\/a\u003e pairs with these joints for a complete JK front-end overhaul.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474183016790,"sku":"KIT102","price":430.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT102-1.jpg?v=1783519160"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit111-ball-joint-kit-dodge-ram-2500-3500-4wd-2014","title":"Apex Chassis KIT111 Ball Joint Kit – Dodge Ram 2500\/3500 4WD (2014+)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis heavy-duty Ball Joint Kit keeps a current-generation Ram heavy truck steering the way it should. The 2014-onwards Ram 2500 and 3500 4WD carry serious front-axle weight - especially diesel trucks that tow, carry campers or run oversized tyres - and the factory ball joints are a known wear point long before the truck is old. This kit replaces all four with forged steel housings and heat-treated chromoly studs, with knurled lowers that hold fast in a knuckle that has seen joints changed before. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014+ Ram 2500\/3500 4WD trucks with front-end play, wander or uneven tyre wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTowing and touring setups carrying sustained front-axle load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrucks on larger tyres that multiply the leverage on every joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners replacing worn joints once with parts built above factory duty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Heavy-duty ball joint kit (front, full vehicle set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT111\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: 2x BJ130 upper (un-knurled), 2x BJ150 lower (knurled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Dodge Ram 2500 (2014-2026) 4WD; Ram 3500 (2014-2026) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: SAE 1045 forged steel housings, SAE 4140 chromoly ball studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your truck is a 2014-onwards 2500 or 3500 4WD before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. Fitting is a press-in job on this axle, so plan proper tooling or a workshop install and a wheel alignment afterwards. If the front end has had joints replaced before, the knurled lower housings are designed to grip a previously-machined knuckle bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty ball joint kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT111\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x BJ130 upper; 2x BJ150 lower (knurled)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam 2500 2014-2026 4WD; Ram 3500 2014-2026 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 1045 forged steel, CNC machined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall Studs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 4140 chromoly, induction heat treated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know my ball joints are worn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTypical signs on these trucks are steering wander, clunks over bumps, and inner-edge tyre wear. Get the front end inspected with the wheels off the ground so you replace the right parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose these over factory-style replacements?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe forged housings, chromoly studs and knurled lower design are built for sustained heavy-axle load, so the fix lasts instead of repeating itself every couple of years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment afterwards?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - joints affect front geometry, so align the truck after installation to protect tyres and steering feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDoing the steering properly? The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit385-prolock-steering-kit-steel-dodge-ram-2500-3500-2014\"\u003eKIT385 ProLock steering kit\u003c\/a\u003e covers the tie rod and drag link on the same truck for a complete front-end rebuild.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474184524118,"sku":"KIT111","price":465.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT111-1.jpg?v=1783519179"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit113-ball-joint-kit-jeep-wrangler-jl-gladiator-jt","title":"Apex Chassis KIT113 Ball Joint Kit - Jeep Wrangler JL \u0026 Gladiator JT","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis Ball Joint Kit for the Jeep JL and JT upgrades the joints that modern Jeep front axles lean on hardest. Wrangler JL (2018 on) and Gladiator JT (2019 on) builds get lifted, re-tyred and driven far, and the factory ball joints are usually the first steering components to give up precision. This kit replaces all four with heavy-duty units - and the lowers are greasable, so the joints carrying the most load can be maintained instead of quietly wearing out. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJL and JT builds running lifts or larger tyres that load factory joints beyond their design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners noticing early wander or play in a relatively young Jeep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverland and trail rigs that need serviceable parts for long-term use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront-end rebuilds done once, with maintenance built in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eServiceable Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost factory joints are sealed for life - which in off-road use means sealed until the grit gets in. The greasable lower joints let you purge moisture and contamination as part of routine servicing, the same habit that keeps every other greaseable joint on a 4x4 alive. Combined with forged construction, it is the difference between replacing joints and maintaining them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Ball joint kit (front, full vehicle set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT113\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: 2x BJ160 upper, 2x BJ161 lower (greasable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Jeep Wrangler JL (2018-2026) 4WD; Jeep Gladiator JT (2019-2026) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your Jeep is a JL or JT within the application years before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. Plan a press-in installation with proper tooling or a workshop, an alignment afterwards, and add the greasable lowers to your service schedule so the upgrade keeps paying off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall joint kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT113\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x BJ160 upper; 2x BJ161 lower (greasable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler JL 2018-2026 4WD; Jeep Gladiator JT 2019-2026 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMy JL is only a few years old - why would the joints be worn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLifts, heavy tyres and hard use age the factory joints quickly. If the steering already feels loose or the front end knocks, get the joints checked regardless of the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these harder to look after than sealed joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe opposite - the lower joints take grease, so a minute with a grease gun at service time keeps contamination purged instead of trapped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - always align after ball joint replacement to protect tyre wear and on-centre feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilding the full front end? The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit125-2-5-ton-prolock-steering-kit-polished-aluminium-dana-44-jeep-wrangler-jl-gladiator-jt\"\u003eKIT125 2.5-ton ProLock steering kit\u003c\/a\u003e upgrades the tie rod and drag link on the same JL and JT platform.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474186654038,"sku":"KIT113","price":515.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT113-1_cbddf642-b993-4f98-8ca3-70682161eef0.png?v=1783519194"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit215-ball-joint-kit-toyota-tacoma-2005-2023","title":"Apex Chassis KIT215 Ball Joint Kit – Toyota Tacoma (2005–2023)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis lower Ball Joint Kit replaces the lower ball joints on a 2005-2023 Toyota Tacoma with heavy-duty forged units. Tacomas earn their reputation by being worked - overland weight, corrugated tracks, towing and big annual mileages - and the lower ball joints carry that load at the sharp end of the front suspension. When they wear, steering goes vague and clunky; this kit fixes it with a pair of joints built beyond factory duty. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2005-2023 Tacomas (2WD or 4WD) with worn or noisy lower ball joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverland builds carrying constant load on the front suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-mileage trucks due a proper front-end refresh rather than a patch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who service their own truck and want known-quality parts fitted once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Lower ball joint kit (pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT215\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: 2x BJ137 lower ball joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Toyota Tacoma (2005-2023) 2WD or 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your Tacoma's year before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. This kit covers the lower joints as a pair; have the front end inspected first so you know whether uppers, tie rod ends or bushes need attention in the same job. Plan a wheel alignment after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower ball joint kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT215\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x BJ137 lower ball joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Tacoma 2005-2023, 2WD and 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit include upper ball joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - it is a lower ball joint pair (2x BJ137). Have the uppers and the rest of the front end checked while the truck is apart so you can do everything needed in one visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit both 2WD and 4WD Tacomas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - the application covers 2005-2023 Tacoma in both drivetrains. Confirm your model year before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the symptoms of worn lower ball joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClunks over bumps, vague steering and uneven front tyre wear are the usual signs. An inspection with the wheel unloaded confirms it quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile the front end is apart, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit400-heavy-duty-tie-rod-kit-toyota-tacoma-2005-2023\"\u003eKIT400 heavy duty tie rod kit\u003c\/a\u003e upgrades the same truck's steering linkage in the same session.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474188587350,"sku":"KIT215","price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT215-2.png?v=1783519207"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit400-heavy-duty-tie-rod-kit-toyota-tacoma-2005-2023","title":"Apex Chassis KIT400 Heavy Duty Tie Rod Kit – Toyota Tacoma (2005–2023)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis Heavy Duty Tie Rod Kit for the Tacoma reinforces the weakest link in a worked Tacoma's steering. Factory tie rods on the 2005-2023 Tacoma are a known casualty of bigger tyres, lifts and hard trail use - they bend and wear where the steering needs them rigid. This kit replaces them with oversized, pre-assembled inner and outer tie rod assemblies in CNC-machined SAE 1045 forged steel with SAE 4140 chromoly ball studs, for both sides of the truck, suitable up to a 3 inch lift. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifted Tacomas (up to 3 inches) running larger tyres that load the factory rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOff-road and overland builds that cannot afford a bent tie rod mid-trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrucks with worn steering feel, play or uneven tyre wear from tired linkages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners wanting a pre-assembled, no-drilling bolt-in upgrade across all Tacoma trims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Upgrade The Tie Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tie rods turn steering input into wheel direction, and they take the hit when a rut grabs a front wheel. Compared with replacing bent factory rods like-for-like, this kit's oversized forged construction, E-coat corrosion protection and CR rubber boots are built for repeat abuse - and the assemblies arrive pre-set for both sides, so installation is straightforward with no drilling or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Heavy-duty tie rod kit (inner and outer, both sides)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT400\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Pre-assembled inner and outer tie rod assemblies, driver and passenger side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Toyota Tacoma (2005-2023) 2WD\/4WD - Base, Pre-Runner, Limited, SR5, TRD Off-Road, TRD Pro, TRD Sport, Trail (2.4 IL4 and 4.0 V6)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift Compatibility: Up to 3 inch lift; limit straps required beyond 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: SAE 1045 forged steel housings, SAE 4140 chromoly studs, E-coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your Tacoma's year and trim against the application list before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. If your truck runs more than a 3 inch lift, fit limit straps to keep the steering within its working range. Plan a wheel alignment after installation, and check ball joints and steering rack condition while the linkage is off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty tie rod kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-assembled inner and outer assemblies, both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Tacoma 2005-2023, 2WD\/4WD, all listed trims\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3 inch lift (limit straps beyond)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSAE 1045 forged housings; SAE 4140 chromoly studs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE-coat, CR rubber boots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my lifted Tacoma?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit suits lifts up to 3 inches. Beyond that, limit straps are required to protect the steering geometry - factor that into the build before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs any drilling or modification needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - the assemblies are pre-assembled for both sides and install without drilling or modification, followed by a standard alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich engines and trims are covered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe application spans 2005-2023 Tacoma trims from Base to TRD Pro with the 2.4 four-cylinder and 4.0 V6. Check your exact year and trim against the list before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile the steering is apart, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit215-ball-joint-kit-toyota-tacoma-2005-2023\"\u003eKIT215 lower ball joint kit\u003c\/a\u003e completes the same Tacoma front-end rebuild.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474191110486,"sku":"KIT400","price":730.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT400-1_05e4aebf-c24d-4fb4-98a4-1d422e7bdd50.jpg?v=1783519226"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit410-heavy-duty-tie-rod-kit-toyota-4runner-2010-2024-fj-cruiser","title":"Apex Chassis KIT410 Heavy Duty Tie Rod Kit – Toyota 4Runner (2010–2024) \u0026 FJ Cruiser","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis Heavy Duty Tie Rod Kit for the 4Runner and FJ Cruiser brings the same steering reinforcement trusted on hard-used Tacomas to the 4Runner and FJ Cruiser. A touring-built 4Runner (2010-2024) or FJ Cruiser (2010-2014) carries drawers, water, recovery kit and roof weight everywhere it goes, and the factory tie rods feel it first - especially with a lift and larger tyres. This kit replaces them with oversized, pre-assembled inner and outer assemblies for both sides, suitable up to a 3 inch lift. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4Runner overland and touring builds carrying sustained load on lifted suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFJ Cruiser owners reinforcing steering before remote trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrucks on larger tyres where the factory linkage has gone vague or bent before\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds up to a 3 inch lift wanting a bolt-in, pre-assembled upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Heavy-duty tie rod kit (inner and outer, both sides)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT410\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Pre-assembled inner and outer tie rod assemblies, driver and passenger side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Toyota 4Runner (2010-2024) 2WD\/4WD; Toyota FJ Cruiser (2010-2014) 2WD\/4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift Compatibility: Up to 3 inch lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your 4Runner or FJ Cruiser year before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. The kit suits lifts up to 3 inches; beyond that, keep the steering within its working range with limit straps. Plan an alignment after installation, and inspect ball joints, rack boots and bushes while the linkage is off so the whole front end comes back tight together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty tie rod kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT410\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-assembled inner and outer assemblies, both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner 2010-2024 2WD\/4WD; FJ Cruiser 2010-2014 2WD\/4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3 inch lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy upgrade the tie rods on a touring 4Runner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstant load plus corrugations is exactly the duty that wears and bends factory rods. Oversized forged assemblies keep steering precise when the truck is a long way from a workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit lifted vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, up to a 3 inch lift. Taller setups need limit straps to protect the steering geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a pair or one side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit covers both sides - pre-assembled inner and outer assemblies for driver and passenger side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tie-rods\"\u003eheavy-duty tie rod kits\u003c\/a\u003e if you run more than one Toyota in the fleet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474192683350,"sku":"KIT410","price":730.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT400-1.jpg?v=1783519241"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit125-2-5-ton-prolock-steering-kit-polished-aluminium-dana-44-jeep-wrangler-jl-gladiator-jt","title":"Apex Chassis KIT125 2.5-Ton ProLock Steering Kit, Polished Aluminium (Dana 44) – Jeep Wrangler JL \u0026 Gladiator JT","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis KIT125 2.5-Ton ProLock Steering Kit replaces the factory tie rod and drag link on a Wrangler JL or Gladiator JT with steering hardware built for big tyres and real terrain. Factory linkages flex and work loose as tyre size and trail speed rise - the well-known route to death wobble and vague, nervous steering. This kit answers it with 2.5-ton rated polished aluminium rods, integrated adjusting sleeves, forged steel ends and the ProLock locking system that stops tie rod rotation once set. It fits the stock Dana 30\/44 axles with the standard under-knuckle mount. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJL and JT builds on larger tyres that have outgrown the factory linkage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners chasing out death wobble with properly oversized steering components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShow-and-go builds where the polished aluminium look matters as much as the strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrail rigs needing steering that stays adjusted through repeated hard use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe ProLock Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost steering kits rely on jam nuts alone to hold adjustment. ProLock uses a machined keyway cut into the tie rod end threads with a matching keyway washer, plus proprietary jam nuts carrying set screws - so once your alignment is set, the linkage cannot rotate itself loose. On a Jeep that sees rocks, ruts and full-lock abuse, that is the difference between an alignment that lasts a day and one that lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Complete steering kit (tie rod and drag link)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT125D44NF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 2.5-ton components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Polished aluminium tie rod and drag link with integrated adjusting sleeves, forged steel ends, ProLock washers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAxle Fitment: Stock Dana 30\/44, under-knuckle (standard) mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Jeep Wrangler JL (2018-2026) 4WD; Jeep Gladiator JT (2019-2026) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your Jeep is a JL or JT on stock Dana 30\/44 axles with under-knuckle steering before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. Aftermarket knuckles, high-steer setups or dual stabilisers need checking against the kit's oversized components before you commit. Plan a full alignment after installation and set the ProLock hardware to spec.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete steering kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT125D44NF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5-ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium rods; forged steel ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAxle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStock Dana 30\/44, under-knuckle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler JL 2018-2026; Gladiator JT 2019-2026 (4WD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProLock keyway washers and set-screw jam nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this cure my death wobble?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the flex-prone factory tie rod and drag link with oversized locked components, which removes a major cause. Check track bar, ball joints and damper at the same time - wobble is usually a sum of worn parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit lifted JLs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit fits stock Dana 30\/44 axles with under-knuckle steering. If your build runs a high-steer conversion or aftermarket knuckles, confirm compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAluminium rods on rocks - is that wise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.5-ton rated aluminium used here is oversized far beyond the factory linkage, paired with forged steel ends. It is a proven combination on hard-used Jeeps, and the polished finish is part of the appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair it with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit113-ball-joint-kit-jeep-wrangler-jl-gladiator-jt\"\u003eKIT113 ball joint kit\u003c\/a\u003e and the JL or JT front end is rebuilt properly in one pass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474195894614,"sku":"KIT125D44NF","price":1800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT125NF-1_ce7bb6f7-4787-452b-9822-ae06f29254db.jpg?v=1783519260"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit140-2-5-ton-prolock-steering-kit-polished-aluminium-jeep-wrangler-jk","title":"Apex Chassis KIT140 2.5-Ton ProLock Steering Kit, Polished Aluminium – Jeep Wrangler JK","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis KIT140 2.5-Ton ProLock Steering Kit gives a built JK the steering its tyres deserve. The 2007-2018 Wrangler JK is the most modified Jeep on the road, and its factory tie rod and drag link are the known weak point once 35s, lockers and trail miles arrive - flex, worn adjusters and death wobble follow. This kit replaces the lot with 2.5-ton polished aluminium rods, integrated adjusting sleeves, forged steel ends and ProLock locking hardware, and it clears AEV and factory Rubicon wheels with no spacer needed. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJK builds on 35s and larger where the factory linkage flexes and wanders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have chased death wobble through cheaper part-by-part fixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAEV and Rubicon-wheeled JKs - this kit needs no wheel spacer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-term builds that want steering set once and locked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Complete steering kit (tie rod and drag link)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT140NF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 2.5-ton components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Polished aluminium tie rod and drag link with integrated adjusting sleeves, forged steel ends, ProLock washers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAxle Fitment: Stock Dana 30\/44\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel Compatibility: AEV \/ factory Rubicon wheels, no spacer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Jeep Wrangler JK (2007-2018) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your JK runs stock Dana 30\/44 axles before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. If the build carries aftermarket knuckles, a dual stabiliser or high-steer parts, check clearance against the oversized components first. Fit, set the ProLock hardware, then book a full alignment; the locking system holds that setting through the abuse that used to undo it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete steering kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT140NF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5-ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium rods; forged steel ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAxle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStock Dana 30\/44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAEV \/ factory Rubicon, no spacer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler JK 2007-2018 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the KIT155 1-ton kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKIT140 uses 2.5-ton components and clears AEV\/Rubicon wheels without a spacer; the 1-ton KIT155 is the lighter-duty version and needs a 1.5 inch spacer with those wheels. For heavy tyres and hard use, this is the stronger route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it stop my death wobble?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt removes the linkage flex and self-loosening that feed wobble. Inspect track bar, ball joints and damper too - the fix sticks when every worn part is addressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - set the geometry, lock the ProLock hardware, and the setting stays put.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDoing the joints at the same time? The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit102-hd-ball-joint-kit-jeep-wrangler-jk-grand-cherokee\"\u003eKIT102 ball joint kit\u003c\/a\u003e covers the same JK front axle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474200645974,"sku":"KIT140NF","price":1800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT140NF-1.jpg?v=1783519278"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit155-1-ton-steering-kit-polished-aluminium-jeep-wrangler-jk","title":"Apex Chassis KIT155 1-Ton Steering Kit, Polished Aluminium – Jeep Wrangler JK","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis KIT155 1-Ton Steering Kit replaces the JK's factory tie rod and drag link with polished aluminium rods and forged steel ends - serious reinforcement for a 2007-2018 Wrangler that works for a living. Factory linkage flex is what turns bigger tyres into wander and wobble; this kit's 1-ton components with integrated adjusting sleeves and Ninja lock washers put precision back into the system at a lower price point than the 2.5-ton flagship. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJK builds on moderate tyre sizes wanting a proper linkage upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners fixing wander and vague steering without going to the 2.5-ton kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStock-wheel and standard-offset builds (AEV\/Rubicon wheels need a 1.5 inch spacer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers who want the polished aluminium look with forged-end strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Complete steering kit (tie rod and drag link)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT155NF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 1-ton components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Polished aluminium tie rod and drag link with integrated adjusting sleeves, forged steel ends, 4x Ninja lock washers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAxle Fitment: Stock Dana 30\/44\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel Note: AEV \/ Rubicon wheels require a 1.5 inch spacer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Jeep Wrangler JK (2007-2018) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your JK runs stock Dana 30\/44 axles before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. Check your wheels first: AEV and factory Rubicon wheels need a 1.5 inch spacer with this kit, so if you run them and want a no-spacer fit, step up to the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit140-2-5-ton-prolock-steering-kit-polished-aluminium-jeep-wrangler-jk\"\u003e2.5-ton KIT140\u003c\/a\u003e instead. Plan a full alignment after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete steering kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT155NF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium rods; forged steel ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAxle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStock Dana 30\/44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAEV \/ Rubicon wheels need 1.5 inch spacer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler JK 2007-2018 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003e1-ton or 2.5-ton - which do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1-ton KIT155 is a big step over factory linkage and suits moderate builds. If you run heavy tyres, hard trail miles or AEV\/Rubicon wheels you want cleared without a spacer, the 2.5-ton KIT140 is the stronger choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy do AEV and Rubicon wheels need a spacer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe oversized linkage sits closer to those wheel designs, so a 1.5 inch spacer restores clearance. Check your wheel spec before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit lifted JKs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits stock Dana 30\/44 axles. Confirm any high-steer or aftermarket knuckle setup against the kit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFinish the front end with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit102-hd-ball-joint-kit-jeep-wrangler-jk-grand-cherokee\"\u003eKIT102 ball joint kit\u003c\/a\u003e while the steering is apart.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474207068502,"sku":"KIT155NF","price":1175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT155-1.jpg?v=1783519290"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit375-prolock-steering-kit-steel-ford-f-250-f-350-super-duty-2017","title":"Apex Chassis KIT375 ProLock Steering Kit, Steel – Ford F-250\/F-350 Super Duty (2017+)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis KIT375 ProLock Steering Kit rebuilds the steering linkage on a 2017-onwards Ford F-250 or F-350 Super Duty with extreme-duty steel. Super Duty trucks haul, tow and plough at weights that flex the factory tie rod and drag link - the classic route to death wobble and steering that never feels planted. This kit replaces the linkage with massive DOM steel assemblies, oversized forged ends, proprietary set-screw jam nuts and ProLock washers, so the geometry you set is the geometry that stays. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2017+ F-250\/F-350 4WD work and towing trucks with wander or wobble under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrucks on larger tyres that have outgrown the factory linkage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleet and plough trucks that cannot afford steering drama mid-season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners fixing the linkage once with extreme-duty components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Complete steering kit (tie rod and drag link)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT375-STL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Extreme-duty DOM steel tie rod and drag link assembly, oversized ends, proprietary jam nuts with 3 set screws, ProLock washers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Ford F-250 Super Duty (2017-2026) 4WD; F-350 Super Duty (2017-2026) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclusions: Wide-track models not covered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your truck's year and that it is not a wide-track model before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. The oversized components sit larger than factory, so if you run a dual steering stabiliser, check clearance and mounting against this kit before committing. Plan a full alignment after installation and torque the ProLock hardware to spec so the locking system does its job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete steering kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT375-STL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDOM steel assemblies; forged oversized ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProLock washers; set-screw jam nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord F-250\/F-350 Super Duty 2017-2026 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcluded Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide-track models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this fix death wobble on my Super Duty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt removes the linkage flex and self-loosening that drive wobble on these trucks. Inspect track bar, ball joints and damper as part of the job - the cure sticks when the whole system is sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit wide-track trucks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - wide-track models are excluded from the application. Confirm your truck's spec before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes ProLock different from standard jam nuts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeyway washers and set-screw jam nuts mechanically stop the rods rotating, so the alignment you set survives hard use instead of working loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eheavy-duty steering kits\u003c\/a\u003e for other platforms in the fleet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474214834518,"sku":"KIT375-STL","price":2055.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT375_Blk_Steel_2_952d8858-a672-4329-aab0-7696d44dd47c.jpg?v=1783519307"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-kit385-prolock-steering-kit-steel-dodge-ram-2500-3500-2014","title":"Apex Chassis KIT385 ProLock Steering Kit, Steel – Dodge Ram 2500\/3500 (2014+)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Apex Chassis KIT385 ProLock Steering Kit is the definitive answer to death wobble on a 2014-onwards Ram 2500 or 3500 4WD. These trucks combine a heavy solid front axle with serious towing loads, and the factory tie rod and drag link flex under exactly the conditions where you most need control. This kit replaces the linkage with massive DOM steel assemblies, oversized forged ends, set-screw jam nuts, Ninja lock washers and ProLock washers - plus the TR203 bracket that keeps the steering damper in its factory location. It is a genuine Apex Chassis part, imported to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014+ Ram 2500\/3500 4WD trucks with death wobble or load-sensitive wander\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy towing setups where steering precision at weight is non-negotiable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrucks on larger tyres that flex the factory linkage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding the steering once with extreme-duty locked components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLocked Geometry, Factory Damper Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ProLock system - keyway washers machined into the tie rod end threads plus jam nuts with integrated set screws - mechanically prevents the rods rotating out of adjustment. The included TR203 bracket mounts the steering damper in its original position, so the truck keeps factory-style damping on top of the stronger linkage. Compared with another set of factory parts, this is the difference between re-treating symptoms and removing the cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Apex Chassis (USA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Complete steering kit (tie rod and drag link)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: KIT385-STL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Items: Extreme-duty DOM steel tie rod and drag link assembly, oversized ends, jam nuts with 3 set screws, Ninja lock washers, ProLock washers, TR203 OE-location damper bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Dodge Ram 2500 (2014-2026) 4WD; Ram 3500 (2014-2026) 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStabiliser Note: Not compatible with the Rough Country dual stabiliser; other dual setups may need modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your truck's year and model before ordering - fitment shown is manufacturer reference. If you run a dual steering stabiliser, check it against the oversized components first: the Rough Country dual setup is not compatible, and others may need modification. Plan a full alignment after installation and set the ProLock hardware to spec so the locking system holds the geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete steering kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT385-STL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDOM steel assemblies; forged oversized ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProLock washers; Ninja lock washers; set-screw jam nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper Bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTR203, factory location\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam 2500\/3500 2014-2026 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStabiliser Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRough Country dual stabiliser not compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this actually stop death wobble?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the flexing, self-loosening linkage that drives wobble on these trucks with oversized locked components. Check track bar, ball joints and damper condition in the same job so nothing worn is left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep my dual steering stabiliser?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rough Country dual setup is not compatible, and other dual stabilisers may need modification to clear the oversized components. Check yours against the kit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the steering damper stay in the stock position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - the included TR203 bracket mounts the damper in its factory location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorn joints under the same truck? The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-chassis-kit111-ball-joint-kit-dodge-ram-2500-3500-4wd-2014\"\u003eKIT111 ball joint kit\u003c\/a\u003e completes the front-end rebuild.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54474222731606,"sku":"KIT385-STL","price":2060.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/385-_polsh_alum_ninja_w_clamp.jpg?v=1783519328"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-boost-kit-o-rings-service-kit","title":"APEX Design USA Boost Kit O-Rings (Service Kit)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA service kit supplies replacement O-rings for the Steering Boost Kit. Seals are the wear item in any hydraulic hardware - renewing them keeps the boost system sealed and consistent instead of weeping its performance away, and having the kit on the shelf makes seal service a same-day job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteering Boost Kit owners servicing seals on schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixing a boost setup showing seepage or inconsistent feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrip-prep servicing before long hauls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: O-ring service kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X02-03-017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: APEX Steering Boost Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your system is the APEX Steering Boost Kit before ordering. Fit the O-rings clean with a light film of silicone grease, and check the system for leaks after reassembly before returning it to hard use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eO-ring service kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-03-017\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Steering Boost Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the O-rings be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt any sign of seepage or during planned service - hydraulic seals cost least when changed before they fail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-design-usa-silicone-grease-for-o-rings\"\u003esilicone O-ring grease\u003c\/a\u003e and the seal job is done properly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583290626390,"sku":"X02-03-017","price":8.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/WhatsAppImage2026-02-03at08.46.00-Photoroom_068c6c97-1329-404d-80f8-d8f49e774b90.png?v=1784284876"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-axle-mount-high-mount","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Hydraulic Hose Bracket - FAD Housing Top Mount","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA bracket secures the Through Shaft Ram hydraulic line to the top of the FAD housing, and is used with the TSR High Mount kit. The axle end of a hydraulic assist run is where movement and terrain meet the hoses, so a dedicated mounting point on the FAD housing keeps the line located and protected exactly where improvisation fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR High Mount installs fixing the hydraulic line at the axle end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing an assist hose run with every section properly mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Hydraulic hose bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X01-17-027\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Position: Top of the FAD housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks With: TSR High Mount kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm you are running the High Mount version of the TSR and that your hose route crosses the FAD housing before ordering. Check hose movement through full steering and suspension travel after fitting so the secured line never pulls tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX01-17-027\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAD housing, top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks With\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTSR High Mount kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need it with a standard-mount TSR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is used with the High Mount kit - check which mount style your system runs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe other hose mounts in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e secure the rest of the run from box to ram.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583293247830,"sku":"X01-17-027","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250812_112039_5a2e440d-3e06-401a-8ba6-fcb4b80b8c44.png?v=1784284885"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-rock-jock-tie-rod-bracket-for-apex-tsr","title":"APEX Design USA Rock Jock Currectlync Mounting Bracket for APEX TSR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA mounting bracket kit is the verified route to running a Rock Jock Currectlync tie rod with the APEX Through Shaft Ram. Plenty of serious Jeep builds carry Currectlync steering, and hydraulic assist should not mean fabricating your own mounts around it: this kit was verified to fit the Rock Jock Currectlync tie rod RJ-442101-101 and drag link RJ-442103-101, pairing them with either TSR kit. Other combinations risk unwanted contact between critical steering components, so the tested pairing is the one worth buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJeep builds running Rock Jock Currectlync steering and adding the Through Shaft Ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners combining premium linkage and hydraulic assist without custom fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops fitting TSR systems onto Currectlync-equipped vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Tie rod mounting bracket kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X02-10-012\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerified Fit: Rock Jock Currectlync tie rod RJ-442101-101 and drag link RJ-442103-101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariant Fitment: For TSR kits X02-10-001 and X02-10-003\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuyer Checks: Confirm your exact tie rod and drag link part numbers before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe verified combination is specific: Currectlync tie rod RJ-442101-101 with drag link RJ-442103-101, mounted to either Through Shaft Ram kit. If your part numbers differ, confirm the setup before ordering rather than adapting the kit - other tie rods or drag links may bring steering components into contact. Check clearances around the ram and linkage during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTie rod mounting bracket kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-10-012\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVerified Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRock Jock Currectlync RJ-442101-101; RJ-442103-101\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariant Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTSR kits X02-10-001 and X02-10-003\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with other Rock Jock parts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit was verified with the tie rod and drag link part numbers shown in the specifications. Other combinations may cause component contact, so confirm your exact parts before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a TSR kit first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - the bracket exists to pair the Currectlync linkage with the Through Shaft Ram, so it belongs on builds running either TSR kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your part numbers and combine the two systems the verified way - and if the ram itself is still unprotected, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-design-usa-tsr-through-shaft-ram-skid-plate\"\u003eTSR skid plate\u003c\/a\u003e finishes the job.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583295443286,"sku":"X02-10-012","price":75.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RockJockBracket_0df2e875-68a4-4bce-beeb-18bf3f7ecfa1.png?v=1784284897"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-steer-smarts-mounting-bracket-for-apex-tsr","title":"APEX Design USA Steer Smarts Yeti XD Mounting Bracket for APEX TSR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA mounting bracket kit is the verified way to run a Steer Smarts Yeti XD tie rod with the APEX Through Shaft Ram. Combining premium steering brands is normal on a serious Jeep build, but steering is the wrong place for guesswork: the kit was verified against the specific Steer Smarts tie rod and drag link part numbers, pairing them cleanly with either TSR kit. If you have invested in Yeti XD steering and want APEX hydraulic assist on the same axle, this bracket is the tested route between the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJeep builds already running Steer Smarts Yeti XD steering and adding the Through Shaft Ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners planning a combined premium steering and hydraulic assist upgrade in one stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers choosing a verified parts pairing over fabricating custom mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops fitting TSR systems to Yeti XD-equipped vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Tie rod mounting bracket kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X02-10-013\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerified Fit: Steer Smarts tie rod 78088001 and drag link 78075001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariant Fitment: For TSR kits X02-10-001 and X02-10-003\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuyer Checks: Confirm your exact tie rod and drag link part numbers before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe verified combination is specific: Steer Smarts tie rod 78088001 with drag link 78075001, paired with either Through Shaft Ram kit. Other tie rods or drag links may bring critical steering components into contact with each other, so if your part numbers differ, confirm your setup before ordering rather than adapting the kit. A dedicated install guide is available for this bracket - follow it and check clearances around the ram and steering linkage during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTie rod mounting bracket kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-10-013\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVerified Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteer Smarts tie rod 78088001; drag link 78075001\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariant Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTSR kits X02-10-001 and X02-10-003\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this work with other tie rods or drag links?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit was verified with the Steer Smarts part numbers shown in the specifications. Other combinations may cause contact between steering components, so confirm your exact parts before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a TSR kit already?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - the bracket exists to pair the Yeti XD tie rod with the Through Shaft Ram, so it belongs on builds running either TSR kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your tie rod and drag link part numbers, then pair two premium steering systems the verified way - and while the steering is apart, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-design-usa-tsr-through-shaft-ram-skid-plate\"\u003eTSR skid plate\u003c\/a\u003e protects the ram itself.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296262486,"sku":"X02-10-013","price":60.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Steer_Smarts_Yeti_XD_cbde428f-0b50-4e69-9b12-bcb3e4971afe.png?v=1784284903"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-eylet-hardwar-axle-side","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Axle Side Rod End Bolt","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe APEX Design USA TSR Axle Side Rod End Bolt is the axle-side fastener required when you run the Through Shaft Ram High Mount version. It is a small line on the order, but it is the part that completes the high mount installation - order it with the kit and the build goes together first time instead of stalling at the axle end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuyers ordering the TSR High Mount version - this bolt is required for it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops staging a complete high mount install in one parts order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing axle-side hardware during a TSR refit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Rod end bolt (axle side)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X01-17-019\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired For: TSR High Mount version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm which TSR version you are running before ordering: the high mount setup needs this bolt, the standard mount does not. If you are ordering the high mount kit now, add this to the same order and torque all steering fasteners to spec during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAxle side rod end bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX01-17-019\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTSR High Mount version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need this bolt with a standard TSR kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - it is required for the High Mount version. Check which mount style your kit uses before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrdering the high mount setup? Add this bolt now and browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e for the brackets that finish the install.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296459094,"sku":"X01-17-019","price":11.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250812_112255_4ace8c71-da47-4a0d-bc28-3cf8b4f18114.png?v=1784284904"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-high-mount-double-sheer-tie-rod-bracket","title":"APEX Design USA TSR High Mount Double Shear Tie Rod Bracket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe APEX Design USA TSR High Mount Double Shear Tie Rod Bracket turns a single shear tie rod mount into a double shear one for high mount Through Shaft Ram setups. Double shear is the stronger way to load a joint - the fastener is supported on both sides instead of hanging off one - and on a high mount steering ram working hard off-road, that extra support is exactly where you want it. The bracket welds onto most single shear tie rod clamps, including Apex Chassis and similar designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh mount TSR builds converting the tie rod connection to double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabricators and workshops finishing a hydraulic assist install to a hard-use standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds running Apex Chassis or similar single shear tie rod clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Weld-on double shear tie rod bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X02-10-008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Welds to most single shear tie rod clamps, including Apex Chassis and similar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Welding required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a weld-on part, so plan the work with someone competent to weld steering components. Confirm your tie rod clamp is a single shear design the bracket can be welded to, and check the geometry against your high mount ram position before committing to the weld. If you are unsure whether your clamp suits it, check the details before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble shear tie rod bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-10-008\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost single shear tie rod clamps, incl. Apex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy convert to double shear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA double shear joint supports the bolt on both sides, spreading load that a single shear mount carries on one face. For a high mount ram that works the tie rod hard, it is the stronger arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I bolt it on instead of welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - the bracket is designed to be welded to the tie rod clamp. Treat it as a fabrication job on a steering component and have it done properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlanning the rest of the install? Browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e for the mounts and hardware that finish a TSR build.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296524630,"sku":"X02-10-008","price":41.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250818_173359_70716d14-fa24-44d7-b24a-298ae4c449e7.png?v=1784284905"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-hydraulic-hose-mount-differential","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Hydraulic Hose Mount - Differential","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA hose mount kit routes Through Shaft Ram hydraulic hoses across the top of the differential cover - three brackets that turn the messiest part of a hydraulic assist install into a clean, secured run. Hydraulic hoses that drape loose under a 4x4 snag on rocks and rub through on corrugations; fixed mounting is what keeps an assist system reliable once the trails get rough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR installs routing hydraulic hoses across the axle to the ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds tidying an existing assist install where hoses run unsecured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners planning hose protection before remote off-road trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Hydraulic hose mount kit (3 brackets)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X01-17-021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Position: Top of the differential cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: APEX TSR hydraulic hoses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your TSR hose routing passes over the diff cover before ordering, and plan the three bracket positions so the hoses sit clear of moving suspension parts through full travel. Check the run again after the first hard drive - a hose route is only finished when nothing rubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose mount kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX01-17-021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop of differential cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need this with a TSR kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your hose route crosses the axle, yes - it is the clean way to fix the lines to the diff cover instead of leaving them loose where terrain can reach them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch it with the rest of the APEX hose mounts to secure the full run from steering box to ram - see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003esteering range\u003c\/a\u003e for the set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296590166,"sku":"X01-17-021","price":38.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250812_112344_c9d4b5e4-682c-45f5-bddb-2e54d5c3f1a6.png?v=1784284906"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-hydraulic-hose-mount-inside-frame","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Hydraulic Hose Mount - Inside Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA bracket fastens Through Shaft Ram hydraulic hoses to the inside of the chassis frame - or any flat surface along the run. Frame-side routing keeps assist lines up out of the strike zone, and a dedicated bracket holds them there permanently instead of relying on cable ties around whatever is nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR installs routing hydraulic hoses along the chassis rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds with a flat panel or frame face where lines need fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidying an assist install so every hose has a mounted home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Hydraulic hose mount bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X01-17-024\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Position: Inside of frame or any flat surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: APEX TSR hydraulic hoses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWalk your hose route before ordering and count the fixing points you need - most installs use several mounts between the steering box and the ram. Position the bracket where the hoses run straight and clear of suspension movement, heat and edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose mount bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX01-17-024\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInside frame \/ flat surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on your route - plan the run from steering box to ram and place a mount wherever the hoses need holding straight or lifting clear. Order the number of fixing points your chassis needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the rest of the APEX hose mounts in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003esteering range\u003c\/a\u003e to cover the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296688470,"sku":"X01-17-024","price":15.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250812_112210_1c7f8636-7931-4c2f-856a-20e273827551.png?v=1784284907"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-hydraulic-hose-mount-to-oe-brake-lines","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Hydraulic Hose Mount to LCA Bracket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA bracket secures Through Shaft Ram hydraulic hoses to the top of the driver-side lower control arm bracket. Hoses crossing between chassis and axle have to survive suspension movement, and anchoring them at the LCA bracket keeps the flex controlled - the hose moves where it was designed to move, instead of chafing wherever it lands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR installs managing the chassis-to-axle hose transition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds where hoses currently flex unsupported near the control arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing a hydraulic assist install to a trail-proof standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Hydraulic hose mount bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X01-17-022\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Position: Top of driver-side lower control arm bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: APEX TSR hydraulic hoses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm your hose route passes the driver-side LCA before ordering, and check hose length through full suspension travel once mounted - the line should flex freely at ride height, full droop and full compression without pulling tight or rubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose mount bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX01-17-022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriver-side LCA bracket, top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy anchor hoses at the control arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fixes the point where the hose transitions from chassis to moving axle, so the flex happens in a controlled loop rather than wherever the hose falls. That is what stops long-term chafe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine it with the frame and differential mounts from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e for a fully secured run.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296786774,"sku":"X01-17-022","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250812_112539_e268f9ac-4a84-47b4-b262-e329c9bd40ef.png?v=1784284908"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-hydraulic-hose-mount-to-oe-brake-line-bracket","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Hydraulic Hose Mount to OE Brake Line Bracket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA bracket fastens Through Shaft Ram hydraulic hoses to the factory brake line and its bracket - using a mounting point the vehicle already has instead of drilling new ones. The factory brake line route survived the manufacturer's own durability testing, which makes it a smart path to borrow for hydraulic assist lines heading the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR installs routing hoses alongside the factory brake lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds that prefer OE mounting points over new holes in the chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompleting a hose run with every section fixed and rub-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Hydraulic hose mount bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X01-17-023\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Position: Factory brake line and brake line bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: APEX TSR hydraulic hoses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck your factory brake line routing matches your planned hose path before ordering, and make sure the mounted assist hoses cannot load or chafe the brake line itself - the brake system always keeps priority. Verify clearance through suspension movement after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose mount bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX01-17-023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOE brake line and bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it interfere with my brake lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to fix the assist hoses to the factory brake line bracket cleanly. Fit it so the hydraulic lines sit secure without pressing on the brake line, and check the run after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComplete the route with the inside-frame and LCA mounts from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296885078,"sku":"X01-17-023","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250812_112125_34683e2c-0f6f-4239-8003-7c42deab5847.png?v=1784284908"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-through-shaft-ram-skid-plate","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Through Shaft Ram Skid Plate","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe APEX Design USA TSR Skid Plate protects the Through Shaft Ram steering ram when the terrain starts hitting back. The TSR is APEX's hydraulic assist steering system for the Jeep JL and JT, and its ram sits low in the steering path - exactly where rocks, ruts and trail debris find low-hanging hardware first. This plate shields the ram so scrapes and strikes land on the plate first, not on the component your steering depends on. It is compatible with both current Through Shaft Ram kits and is the natural way to finish a TSR install before hard off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR-equipped Jeep JL and JT builds heading into rocky, rutted terrain where the ram runs exposed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers finishing a Through Shaft Ram install with protection still to sort before the first hard trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrail and competition builds that slide over obstacles rather than always clearing them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners covering a high-value hydraulic steering setup ahead of remote touring or event weekends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Shield The Ram\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hydraulic assist ram is one of the most consequential parts on the front of the vehicle: if it takes a hard hit mid-trail, steering control is what suffers, and the trip usually ends early. Compared with running the ram unguarded, a dedicated plate means ground contact costs you plate scars rather than damaged steering hardware. It is the same logic as any underbody protection - let the plate take the abuse before the expensive part does - applied to the exact component the TSR system adds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Steering ram skid plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: X02-10-011\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle Application: Jeep JL and JT (via the APEX TSR system)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariant Fitment: Compatible with TSR kits X02-10-001 and X02-10-003\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuyer Checks: Confirm which TSR kit is fitted to your vehicle before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis plate is made for the APEX Through Shaft Ram and fits both current kits. Before ordering, confirm which kit is on your vehicle, and check your steering layout and clearances so the plate can sit where it should. If you are pairing the TSR with a Steer Smarts Yeti XD tie rod, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/apex-design-usa-steer-smarts-mounting-bracket-for-apex-tsr\"\u003everified Yeti XD mounting bracket kit\u003c\/a\u003e completes the same install.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering ram skid plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-10-011\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep JL and JT (with APEX TSR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariant Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTSR kits X02-10-001 and X02-10-003\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich TSR kits does this plate fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is compatible with both Through Shaft Ram kits. Check the kit part number from your original order if you are not sure which version your Jeep runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need it for occasional off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe plate earns its keep wherever the ram can contact rock, ruts or debris. If your driving includes green lanes, trails or sites with real ground-contact risk, fitting protection before the first strike is far cheaper than repairing steering hardware after it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm which TSR kit your Jeep runs, then add the plate - and browse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e to finish the setup in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296917846,"sku":"X02-10-011","price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SkidPlatebottomview_57e437c6-173f-409a-a091-c5b80fafcd03.png?v=1784284909"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-tsr-hose-fitting-steering-box-side-jic-37-degree-4-female-swivel-to-1-4-id-hose-crimp","title":"APEX Design USA TSR Hose Fitting (Steering Box Side) - JIC 37, -4 Female Swivel to 1\/4 in Hose Crimp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSummary\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis APEX Design USA hose fitting is the steering box side connection for Through Shaft Ram hydraulic hoses: a JIC 37 degree, -4 female swivel to 1\/4 inch ID hose crimp. Keep one as a spare, replace a damaged fitting, or use it to shorten the hoses to suit your routing - a custom-length hose run with factory-style ends is what separates a tidy assist install from a coiled-up compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSR owners keeping a spare steering box side fitting on hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a damaged or worn hose end without buying a full hose kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShortening TSR hoses to fit a specific chassis routing cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: APEX Design USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Hydraulic hose fitting (steering box side)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: U01-08-001-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecification: JIC 37 degree, -4 female swivel to 1\/4 inch ID hose crimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Replacement, spare, or hose shortening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment And Setup Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm the thread and hose specification against your TSR hoses before ordering - this is the steering box side fitting in JIC 37 degree, -4 female swivel form for 1\/4 inch ID hose. Crimping needs the right tooling: if you are shortening hoses, have the crimp done by someone equipped for hydraulic hose work, then pressure-check before driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU01-08-001-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJIC 37 deg, -4 female swivel to 1\/4 in ID hose crimp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteering box side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this to shorten my TSR hoses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - that is one of its intended uses. Cut the hose to length and have the fitting crimped with proper hydraulic tooling, then pressure-test the joint before the system goes back into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed the rest of the routing hardware? The hose mounts in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering-kits\"\u003eAPEX steering range\u003c\/a\u003e finish the run.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583296983382,"sku":"U01-08-001-1","price":20.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Photoroom_20250819_140841_1790f89c-c267-42b5-bc97-3f4991cd26af.png?v=1784284910"},{"product_id":"arb-rd111-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD111 Air Locker | Toyota 8in IFS, 30 Spline, 3.91 \u0026 Up","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Toyota more grip when the track gets difficult\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Hilux, Prado or FJ Cruiser can be ready for the trip and still lose progress when one front wheel spins. The RD111 adds selectable locking to the matching 30-spline Toyota 8-inch IFS differential, helping both front wheels use the grip available on a loose climb or an uneven track. You choose when to engage it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD111\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD111\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD111 is the 53 mm carrier-bearing version for 3.91:1 or numerically higher gears. The lower-ratio 53 mm version is RD121; the 50 mm carrier-bearing version is RD131. For aftermarket ring-and-pinion gears, match the carrier to the gear supplier's requirements as well as the axle. Replacement CV retaining clips may be needed during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD111\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD111\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 8-inch IFS front, 53 mm carrier bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Hilux \/ Prado \/ FJ Cruiser front IFS applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.91:1 and numerically higher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 160 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier-bearing size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 mm inside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD111 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eToyota 8-inch IFS front, 53 mm carrier bearings with 30-spline shafts. The supported ratio is 3.91:1 and numerically higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD111 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818881929558,"sku":"XADLRD111","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__8.png?v=1785100761"},{"product_id":"arb-rd113-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD113 Air Locker | Dana 44 33-Spline Upgrade, 3.92 \u0026 Up","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your TJ's axle upgrade work harder off road\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your Wrangler TJ build includes stronger 33-spline rear axle shafts, the RD113 adds selectable traction to that upgrade. Lock the matching Dana 44 for the difficult section, helping both rear wheels turn together when one would otherwise spin, then switch it off for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD113\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD113\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a 33-spline performance-upgrade carrier for gears of 3.92:1 or numerically higher. Matching aftermarket 33-spline axle shafts are required. Standard 30-spline shafts do not fit it. Its Dana 44 flange can accommodate an ABS tone ring; the installer must match the ring-gear bolt holes to the actual gearset.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Two carrier bearings are included. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use. Ring-gear bolt-hole size and pinion clearance are checked against the fitted gearset, with any specified machining completed during fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD113\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD113\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 44, performance 33-spline upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler TJ rear Dana 44 with aftermarket 33-spline shafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.92:1 and numerically higher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo carrier bearings are included.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e216 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e141.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 168 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired shaft upgrade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching aftermarket 33-spline shafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD113 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDana 44, performance 33-spline upgrade with 33-spline shafts. The supported ratio is 3.92:1 and numerically higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD113 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Two carrier bearings are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818881995094,"sku":"XADLRD113","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__9.png?v=1785100763"},{"product_id":"arb-rd116-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD116 Air Locker | Dana 44, 30 Spline, 3.92 \u0026 Up","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy more of your Dana 44's off-road capability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA loose climb is easier to tackle when both wheels can contribute. The RD116 gives your matching 30-spline Dana 44 selectable locking, helping you make use of the grip available rather than watching one wheel spin. It is the higher-ratio carrier for gears of 3.92:1 and up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD116\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD116\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose RD116 for the matching 30-spline Dana 44 with 3.92:1 or numerically higher gears. RD117 is the corresponding lower-ratio carrier. Ford IFS installations have a specific shaft-retention procedure, and some ring gears require the flange bolt holes to be machined to the correct size. Those details form part of the differential installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Two carrier bearings are included. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use. Ring-gear bolt-hole size and pinion clearance are checked against the fitted gearset, with any specified machining completed during fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Wrangler TJ \/ Ford Bronco Dana 44 applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.92:1 and numerically higher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo carrier bearings are included.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e216 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e141.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 168 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD116 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDana 44 with 30-spline shafts. The supported ratio is 3.92:1 and numerically higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD116 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Two carrier bearings are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882060630,"sku":"XADLRD116","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__11.png?v=1785100766"},{"product_id":"arb-rd123-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD123 Air Locker | Ford \/ Mazda 30 Spline, Shim-Adjusted","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet more traction from your Ranger or Bravo on rough tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD123 gives your matching four-cylinder Ford or Mazda rear axle selectable locking for loose climbs and uneven tracks. Both rear wheels can turn together when you need extra traction, then return to normal differential action when disengaged. This is the 30-spline, shim-adjusted carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD123\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD123\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD123 fits the shim-adjusted third member in the specified four-cylinder Ranger, Courier and Mazda Bravo applications to 2006. It does not fit the adjuster-nut type. A newer Dana Spicer shim-type third member can be retrofitted to earlier shafts and axle housing as part of a correctly specified conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD123\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD123\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMazda \/ Ford shim-adjusted rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching four-cylinder Ranger \/ Courier \/ Mazda Bravo applications to 2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e121.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 146.25 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD123 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMazda \/ Ford shim-adjusted rear axle with 30-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD123 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882158934,"sku":"XADLRD123","price":1010.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__15.png?v=1785100769"},{"product_id":"arb-rd167-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD167 Air Locker | Dana 60HD 35 Spline, 4.10 \u0026 Down","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your truck moving when one wheel loses grip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA powerful truck can still lose forward drive when one wheel spins. The RD167 adds selectable locking to a matching 35-spline, non-C-clip Dana 60HD axle, giving both wheels drive at the same speed when the terrain calls for it. This version is for the 4.10:1-and-lower ratio range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD167\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD167\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose RD167 for the matching 35-spline, non-C-clip Dana 60HD and 4.10:1-and-lower gears. RD166 serves the 4.56:1-and-higher range. C-clip axle models use a different locker, so shaft retention matters as well as the Dana 60 name.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD167\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD167\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 60HD, non-C-clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching non-C-clip Dana 60HD installations, including listed Dodge\/Ram and Ford applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.10:1 and numerically lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD167 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose RD167 for the matching 35-spline, non-C-clip Dana 60HD and 4.10:1-and-lower gears. RD166 serves the 4.56:1-and-higher range. C-clip axle models use a different locker, so shaft retention matters as well as the Dana 60 name.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884256086,"sku":"XADLRD167","price":1182.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__53.png?v=1785100834"},{"product_id":"arb-rd161-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD161 Rear Air Locker | Salisbury 24 Spline, 3.54:1","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHelp your Defender keep going when the track gets uneven\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Defender can take you to places where the rear wheels do not share the same grip. The RD161 adds selectable locking to the matching 24-spline Salisbury rear axle, so both wheels turn together through a difficult section. It is the 3.54:1 version, for the axle used in the specified Defender 110\/130 application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD161\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD161\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Salisbury axle, 24-spline shafts and 3.54:1 gears must match RD161. Later Rover-type rear axles use a different locker. Salisbury fitting also needs the housing modification described in ARB's installation information, so this is a differential build rather than an external bolt-on accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Salisbury housing requires the specific modification described in ARB's fitting information. This should be completed as part of the professional differential installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Rover Salisbury\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Rover Defender 110\/130 rear with matching Salisbury axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.54:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD161 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Salisbury axle, 24-spline shafts and 3.54:1 gears must match RD161. Later Rover-type rear axles use a different locker. Salisbury fitting also needs the housing modification described in ARB's installation information, so this is a differential build rather than an external bolt-on accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884288854,"sku":"XADLRD161","price":1175.11,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__47.png?v=1785100835"},{"product_id":"arb-rd150-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD150 Rear Air Locker | Ford 9.75in C-Clip, 34 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Ford's rear axle more useful on loose ground\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour F150 or Expedition can have plenty of power and still lose traction when one rear wheel spins. The RD150 gives the matching 9.75-inch, 34-spline C-clip rear axle selectable locking, helping both wheels turn together through the difficult section. Normal differential action returns when you disengage it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD150\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD150\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 34-spline C-clip Ford 9.75-inch locker, with a 12-bolt ring-gear pattern. A later 35-spline, non-C-clip axle uses a different part. The shaft-retention arrangement is part of the fitment, rather than an interchangeable detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord 9.75-inch rear, C-clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord F150\/Expedition with matching 34-spline C-clip rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e154.94mm [6.1 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 180.4mm [7.1 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD150 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 34-spline C-clip Ford 9.75-inch locker, with a 12-bolt ring-gear pattern. A later 35-spline, non-C-clip axle uses a different part. The shaft-retention arrangement is part of the fitment, rather than an interchangeable detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884321622,"sku":"XADLRD150","price":1146.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__36.png?v=1785100836"},{"product_id":"arb-rd156-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD156 Air Locker | Terracan 9.5in Live Axle, 34 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your Terracan further off the beaten track\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD156 adds selectable rear-axle locking to your Terracan's matching 9.5-inch, 34-spline differential. On rutted tracks or loose climbs, engaging the locker lets both rear wheels turn together, helping the wheel with grip keep driving. Switch it off again for normal road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD156\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD156\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Hyundai live-axle version with 34-spline shafts and a 12-bolt ring gear. The 31-spline Mitsubishi live-axle and 33-spline Mitsubishi independent-rear versions use different locker codes, despite sharing the 9.5-inch size description.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD156\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD156\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyundai 9.5-inch live rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyundai Terracan with matching 34-spline live rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e241.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144.97 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on 175 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD156 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHyundai 9.5-inch live rear axle with 34-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD156 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884354390,"sku":"XADLRD156","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__41.png?v=1785100837"},{"product_id":"arb-rd159-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD159 Air Locker | Nissan M226 32 Spline, 12-Bolt","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet more from your Nissan's rear axle on rough ground\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a rear wheel loses grip, extra throttle is not always the answer. The RD159 gives your matching Nissan M226 axle selectable locking, allowing both rear wheels to turn together for the section that needs it. This is the 32-spline carrier with a 12-bolt ring-gear pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD159\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD159\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD159 is for the 12-bolt M226 ring gear. RD149 serves the 10-bolt version. Both use 32-spline shafts, so the bolt pattern is an essential part of choosing the correct locker for your Navara, Frontier or Xterra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD159\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD159\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNissan M226 rear, 12-bolt ring gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Navara D40 \/ Frontier \/ Xterra M226 rear applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e226 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e141.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on 168.3 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD159 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNissan M226 rear, 12-bolt ring gear with 32-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD159 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884387158,"sku":"XADLRD159","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__44.png?v=1785100838"},{"product_id":"arb-rd135-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD135 Air Locker | Nissan H233B 33 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake the most of your Patrol's rear-wheel traction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Patrol can have the clearance and tyres for a track but still reach a point where one rear wheel spins. The RD135 gives the matching 33-spline H233B differential selectable locking, helping both wheels drive through the awkward section. Normal differential action returns when you switch it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD135\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD135\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD135 combines 33-spline shafts with the H233B flange: nine 12 mm ring-gear bolts on a 176 mm circle. The 31-spline H233B is RD136, while the earlier H233 uses RD134. Check the actual axle configuration on Patrol, Pathfinder and Terrano applications rather than choosing by model name alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNissan H233B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Patrol Y60\/Y61 rear and other listed 33-spline H233B applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e146.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 bolts on 176 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD135 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNissan H233B with 33-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD135 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884419926,"sku":"XADLRD135","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__24.png?v=1785100840"},{"product_id":"arb-rd148-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD148 Air Locker | AAM 760 IFS 28 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your front wheels more help on uneven tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD148 adds selectable locking to the matching 28-spline AAM 760 front differential in the listed Hummer H3 and Holden Colorado applications. When the front wheels meet different levels of grip, locking the axle helps both contribute to your progress. It is an upgrade you can switch on for the terrain and off for the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD148\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD148\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis carrier is for the 28-spline AAM 760 IFS axle, with a 193 mm ring gear and 10-bolt mounting. Hummer and Colorado models can have different axle arrangements, so match those specifications to your front differential. Aluminium and cast-iron housings also have different bearing-cap torque requirements during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Two carrier bearings are included. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD148\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD148\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAAM 760 IFS front\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Hummer H3 2006-2010 \/ Holden Colorado 2012+ front applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo carrier bearings are included.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e193 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117.51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 147.32 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD148 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAAM 760 IFS front with 28-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD148 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Two carrier bearings are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884452694,"sku":"XADLRD148","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__34.png?v=1785100841"},{"product_id":"arb-rd154-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD154 Air Locker | Mitsubishi 9.5in Live Axle, 31 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy more traction from your Mitsubishi on rough tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor an L200, Shogun or Shogun Sport with the matching live rear axle, RD154 adds locking when you need it. Engage it for a loose climb or rutted section and both rear wheels turn together, helping you use the grip available. Disengage it for normal cornering and everyday driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD154\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD154\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD154 is the 9.5-inch live-axle carrier with 31-spline shafts. An independent-rear-suspension Shogun or Pajero with 33-spline shafts uses RD155 instead. The suspension and shaft arrangement matter as much as the ring-gear size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD154\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD154\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi 9.5-inch live rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching L200 \/ Shogun \/ Shogun Sport live rear-axle applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e241.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144.97 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on 175 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD154 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMitsubishi 9.5-inch live rear axle with 31-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD154 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884485462,"sku":"XADLRD154","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__39.png?v=1785100842"},{"product_id":"arb-rd129-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD129 Air Locker | Toyota 8.4in Rear, 30 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet more grip from your Toyota's rear axle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rear Air Locker can make the difference when your Toyota reaches a loose or deeply rutted section. The RD129 lets you lock the matching 8.4-inch, 30-spline rear differential so both wheels turn together, then return to normal differential action when the track opens up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD129\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD129\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Toyota 8.4-inch rear carrier with 30-spline shafts and a 12-bolt ring gear. Tacoma, Tundra and Sequoia models also use other rear axle sizes and shaft specifications. Match the differential itself to RD129 rather than assuming every version of those vehicles uses this axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD129\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD129\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 8.4-inch rear, 12-bolt ring gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Tacoma \/ Tundra \/ Sequoia 8.4-inch rear applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e213 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on 152 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD129 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eToyota 8.4-inch rear, 12-bolt ring gear with 30-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD129 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884518230,"sku":"XADLRD129","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__20.png?v=1785100843"},{"product_id":"arb-rd149-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD149 Air Locker | Nissan M226 32 Spline, 10-Bolt","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePut both rear wheels to work on your next trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD149 gives your matching Nissan M226 rear axle selectable locking for loose climbs, deep ruts and uneven ground. Both rear wheels can turn together when you need more traction, while the differential works normally when disengaged. This is the 32-spline, 10-bolt-ring-gear version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD149\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD149\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD149 and RD159 share the M226 axle name and 32-spline shaft count. RD149 has a 10-bolt ring-gear pattern; RD159 has 12. That distinction determines the correct carrier for the listed Navara, Frontier, Xterra and Titan axle applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNissan M226 rear, 10-bolt ring gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Navara D40 \/ Frontier \/ Xterra \/ Titan M226 rear applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e226 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e141.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 168.3 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD149 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNissan M226 rear, 10-bolt ring gear with 32-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD149 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884550998,"sku":"XADLRD149","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__35.png?v=1785100844"},{"product_id":"arb-rd128-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD128 Air Locker | Rover 24 Spline, 174mm Flange","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Land Rover traction you can choose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD128 gives your matching 24-spline Rover axle selectable locking for the tracks you enjoy driving. Engage it when uneven ground leaves one wheel short of grip, then disengage it for normal differential action. This is the Rover-type carrier with a 174 mm flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD128\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD128\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD128 is the 24-spline Rover-type differential with the 174 mm carrier flange. A P38A differential with the larger 205 mm flange uses RD138. Standard 3.54:1 gears are supported; an early 4.7:1 gearset requires the RD03A 5 mm spacer and specified longer bolts. Axle type can vary across Defender, Discovery and Range Rover applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately to suit the axle and adjusters. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD128\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD128\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRover banjo axle, 174 mm carrier flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Defender \/ Discovery 1 and 2 \/ Range Rover Classic Rover-type axles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.54:1; 4.7:1 requires the specified spacer and longer bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately to suit the axle and adjusters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 142 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier-flange diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e174 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD128 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRover banjo axle, 174 mm carrier flange with 24-spline shafts. The supported ratio is 3.54:1; 4.7:1 requires the specified spacer and longer bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD128 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately to suit the axle and adjusters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884649302,"sku":"XADLRD128","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__19.png?v=1785100848"},{"product_id":"arb-rd132-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD132 Air Locker | Toyota 8in, 30 Spline, Adjuster Nut","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet more from your Toyota's live axle off road\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD132 adds selectable locking to the matching 30-spline Toyota 8-inch live-axle differential. It helps both wheels contribute on loose or uneven ground, giving you a useful traction upgrade for your Hilux, Prado, Land Cruiser or FJ Cruiser when fitted with this axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD132\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD132\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the adjuster-nut-preloaded Toyota 8-inch live-axle carrier with a 10-bolt ring gear. Shim-adjusted rear axles use RD133; Toyota 8-inch IFS front differentials use separate codes. Older 45 mm bearing applications require the specified replacement bearings. For FJ Cruiser rear fitment, this is the 2006-2009 non-factory-locker axle; later rear axles differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD132\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD132\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 8-inch live axle, adjuster-nut preload\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Hilux \/ Prado \/ Land Cruiser \/ FJ Cruiser live-axle applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 bolts on 160 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD132 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eToyota 8-inch live axle, adjuster-nut preload with 30-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD132 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884682070,"sku":"XADLRD132","price":1040.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd132_1.png?v=1785100849"},{"product_id":"arb-rd134-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD134 Air Locker | Patrol MQ H233 31 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your classic Patrol more rear-wheel traction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RD134 adds selectable rear locking to your matching Patrol MQ H233 differential. Engage it when a loose climb or rutted track leaves one wheel spinning, helping both rear wheels turn together. You keep normal differential action for the rest of the journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD134\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore grip on loose and uneven ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn uneven ground, an open differential can let one wheel spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker makes both wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you tackle the section with controlled progress. Tyres and terrain still determine the grip available; the locker helps you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right axle for RD134\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD134 is the earlier 31-spline H233 version, with nine 10 mm ring-gear bolts on a 180 mm circle. The later H233B versions use different bolt dimensions and locker codes. This listing covers the specified 1979-1988 Patrol MQ rear-axle application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal driving when you switch it off\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, it operates as an open differential so the wheels can turn at different speeds in a corner. Engage it before a difficult low-traction section, with the wheels turning at the same speed. Switch it off when normal differential action is needed, particularly on firm surfaces or tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your onboard air supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up hose kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want to inflate your tyres with it. The compressor and inflation kit are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for trails, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e offers more airflow for tyre inflation. Its Air Locker connection uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin for the extra inflation capability; the CKMA12 already has capacity for two lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets the bearing preload, gear backlash and air sealing together, so your locker and existing gearset run correctly. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation. The air line is routed clear of heat and moving parts, then the locking operation is checked before the vehicle returns to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD134\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD134\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNissan H233\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNissan Patrol MQ 1979-1988 with matching H233 rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne Air Locker differential assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e146.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 bolts on 180 mm bolt circle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible onboard air supply required; compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat will I notice off road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen one wheel would otherwise spin, engaging the locker lets both wheels on that axle turn together. That helps the wheel with grip contribute to your progress on loose climbs, ruts and uneven tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched off, it works as an open differential for normal cornering. Keep it disengaged on firm surfaces where the tyres cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD134 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNissan H233 with 31-spline shafts. Match the full axle and ring-gear specification above, including any bearing or shaft-retention requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a twin compressor for two lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two correctly installed Air Lockers. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful upgrade if you also want more airflow for tyre inflation; use its separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for locker connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this product supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne RD134 Air Locker differential assembly. The compressor is separate. Carrier bearings are selected separately for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without resetting the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation includes bearing preload, gear backlash, air sealing and engagement checks. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and your gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818884714838,"sku":"XADLRD134","price":1012.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__23.png?v=1785100851"},{"product_id":"clutch-gear-j3-type-with-wave-spring-included","title":"ARB J3 Clutch Gear with Wave Spring - 050908SP","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepair the matched assembly with the correct service parts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a clutch gear needs replacement, the exact part matters. ARB 050908SP supplies the J3-type clutch gear with the wave spring included, giving you the matched components for the corresponding ARB service assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADL050908SP\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the repair tied to the correct part\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the J3 gear type and 050908SP part number to match the assembly parts diagram. A similar gear from another revision can have a different fit or operating arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit the gear and spring together as specified\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wave spring is included with the gear. Have the component installed to the corresponding service instructions, then check the completed assembly before returning it to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADL050908SP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer spare part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e050908SP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClutch gear and wave spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExact matching ARB assembly and revision required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the wave spring included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The product supplies the J3-type clutch gear with the wave spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose it by vehicle alone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the assembly model, revision and parts diagram. A vehicle can have different fitted equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete replacement assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt supplies the clutch gear and wave spring service components. Other parts are selected according to the repair.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818885337430,"sku":"XADL050908SP","price":64.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/clutch.png?v=1785100871"},{"product_id":"arb-rd160-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD160 Air Locker | Salisbury 24 Spline, 4.70:1","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your Series Land Rover further with selectable traction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeeping the character of your Series Land Rover does not mean accepting an open differential every time the ground gets awkward. The RD160 adds selectable locking to the matching 24-spline Salisbury axle with 4.70:1 gears. You can engage it for extra traction and disengage it when the axle needs to differentiate normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD160\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD160\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD160 is the 4.70:1 Salisbury locker, with 24-spline shafts. The vehicle must have that axle specification; a Rover-type differential uses a different part. A 3.54:1 Salisbury installation uses RD161 instead, and Salisbury housing preparation is part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Salisbury housing requires the specific modification described in ARB's fitting information. This should be completed as part of the professional differential installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Rover Salisbury\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Rover Series I\/II\/III with matching Salisbury axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.70:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD160 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD160 is the 4.70:1 Salisbury locker, with 24-spline shafts. The vehicle must have that axle specification; a Rover-type differential uses a different part. A 3.54:1 Salisbury installation uses RD161 instead, and Salisbury housing preparation is part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818887729494,"sku":"XADLRD160","price":1175.11,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__46.png?v=1785100944"},{"product_id":"arb-rd162-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD162 Air Locker | Dana 60 30 Spline, 4.56 \u0026 Up","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake low gearing more useful when the surface turns loose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your truck runs low gearing for off-road use, the next challenge is getting the available drive to both wheels. The RD162 adds selectable locking to a matching 30-spline Dana 60 axle with 4.56:1 or numerically higher gears. It lets you choose locked-axle traction for the section that needs it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD162\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD162\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD162 combines the 30-spline Dana 60 specification with the 4.56:1-and-higher carrier range. RD163 serves the lower-ratio version. The 32- and 35-spline lockers are separate parts, so a Dana 60 axle name alone is not enough to choose the carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD162\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD162\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching 30-spline Dana 60 installations, including listed Dodge\/Ram and Ford applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.56:1 and numerically higher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD162 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD162 combines the 30-spline Dana 60 specification with the 4.56:1-and-higher carrier range. RD163 serves the lower-ratio version. The 32- and 35-spline lockers are separate parts, so a Dana 60 axle name alone is not enough to choose the carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818887762262,"sku":"XADLRD162","price":1175.11,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__48.png?v=1785100945"},{"product_id":"arb-rd166-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD166 Air Locker | Dana 60HD 35 Spline, 4.56 \u0026 Up","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePut your truck's low gearing to better use off road\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLow gearing is much more useful when both wheels can contribute. The RD166 adds selectable locking to the matching 35-spline, non-C-clip Dana 60HD axle running 4.56:1 or numerically higher gears. It lets you call on locked-axle traction for a difficult section, then return to normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD166\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD166\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD166 is the 4.56:1-and-higher carrier choice for this axle specification. It is distinct from RD167, which serves the lower-ratio version, and from the C-clip lockers. The gear ratio, 35-spline shafts and non-C-clip axle construction all need to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD166\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD166\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 60HD, non-C-clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching non-C-clip Dana 60HD installations, including listed Dodge\/Ram and Ford applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.56:1 and numerically higher\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD166 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD166 is the 4.56:1-and-higher carrier choice for this axle specification. It is distinct from RD167, which serves the lower-ratio version, and from the C-clip lockers. The gear ratio, 35-spline shafts and non-C-clip axle construction all need to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818887795030,"sku":"XADLRD166","price":1182.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__52.png?v=1785100946"},{"product_id":"arb-rd163-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD163 Air Locker | Dana 60 30 Spline, 4.10 \u0026 Down","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse more of your axle's grip on uneven ground\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your truck crosses ruts or climbs loose ground, an open differential can let the least-loaded wheel spin. The RD163 gives the matching 30-spline Dana 60 axle selectable locking, allowing both wheels to turn together through that section. This version supports the 4.10:1-and-lower ratio range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD163\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD163\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the lower-ratio RD163 carrier for a 30-spline Dana 60. RD162 is the separate 4.56:1-and-higher version. The 30-spline specification is also different from the 32- and 35-spline Dana 60 lockers; the vehicle badge alone does not identify the right differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD163\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD163\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching 30-spline Dana 60 installations, including listed Dodge\/Ram and Ford applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.10:1 and numerically lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD163 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the lower-ratio RD163 carrier for a 30-spline Dana 60. RD162 is the separate 4.56:1-and-higher version. The 30-spline specification is also different from the 32- and 35-spline Dana 60 lockers; the vehicle badge alone does not identify the right differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818887827798,"sku":"XADLRD163","price":1182.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__49.png?v=1785100947"},{"product_id":"arb-rd165-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD165 Front Air Locker | Dana 60 32 Spline, 4.10 \u0026 Down","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Ram another way to tackle a difficult climb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Ram's front axle can make a real contribution on a loose climb or uneven track. The RD165 adds selectable locking to the matching 32-spline Dana 60 front axle, so you can engage both front wheels together when extra traction is needed. This version supports the 4.10:1-and-lower ratio range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD165\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD165\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe application here is a 1994-2002 Ram 2500\/3500 with the matching 32-spline Dana 60 front axle. Gear ratio and spline count are essential: RD164 is the 4.56:1-and-higher version. A 30- or 35-spline axle uses a different locker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD165\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD165\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDana 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDodge Ram 2500\/3500 1994-2002 front, matching 32-spline Dana 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.10:1 and numerically lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248mm [9.75 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162.0mm [6.38 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 191mm [7.50 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear bolt torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBearing-cap torque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108 Nm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD165 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe application here is a 1994-2002 Ram 2500\/3500 with the matching 32-spline Dana 60 front axle. Gear ratio and spline count are essential: RD164 is the 4.56:1-and-higher version. A 30- or 35-spline axle uses a different locker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818887860566,"sku":"XADLRD165","price":1182.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__51.png?v=1785100948"},{"product_id":"arb-rd146-air-locker-differential-kit","title":"ARB RD146 Rear Air Locker | Tundra 10.5in, 36 Spline","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy more of your Tundra's capability off road\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your Tundra reaches loose or uneven ground, the RD146 gives its matching rear axle selectable locking. Both wheels can turn together when you need extra traction, helping you make progress without relying on an open differential to find grip. Disengage it for normal driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADLRD146\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTraction when you choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn open differential allows the wheels to turn at different speeds, which is useful for corners. On uneven ground, however, one wheel can spin while the other has grip available. Engaging the Air Locker locks the differential so both wheels turn at the same speed. That helps you make more use of the grip available on the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe axle specification for RD146\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD146 is for the Toyota 10.5-inch, 36-spline rear axle used in the listed 5.7-litre Tundra application. Other Tundra engines and axle sizes are not automatically the same fit. The 34-spline Toyota 10.5-inch version is a different locker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNormal differential action for the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDisengaged, the Air Locker behaves as an open differential. You can enjoy normal road driving, then select locking for a low-traction off-road section. Engage it before the wheels are spinning, use it where the tyres can slip, and disengage it when turning or a firmer surface calls for normal differential action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAir for your lockers and tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers, so it is a straightforward choice for a front-and-rear locker setup. It also supports tyre inflation with the appropriate hose kit. The compressor is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly air down for off-road driving, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMTA12 twin onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a worthwhile upgrade. Its higher airflow gets your tyres inflated faster, which is especially useful with larger tyres or when you are inflating several in a row. To connect Air Lockers to the twin, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 compressor manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003eARB pump-up kit\u003c\/a\u003e supplies the tyre-inflation hose and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProfessional fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA differential specialist sets bearing preload, ring-and-pinion backlash, air sealing and line routing during installation. Accurate setup matters for quiet running, reliable engagement and the life of the axle. Bearings, seals and installation parts must match this differential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRD146\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADLRD146\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDifferential \/ axle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 10.5-inch rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Tundra 5.7L 2007-2021 with matching 36-spline rear axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAxle shafts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 spline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGear ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll supported ratios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable, air-operated locking; open differential when disengaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear outside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e267mm [10.5 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear inside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e167.0mm [6.57 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRing-gear mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 bolts on diameter 204mm [8.03 in]\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBacklash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15-0.25 mm; professional setup value\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrier bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied in the ARB parts list; installation bearings selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 single can operate one or two Air Lockers; compatible compressor purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTwin compressor option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12: higher-flow tyre inflation; separate 171503 manifold for Air Locker connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes when I engage the locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wheels on that axle turn at the same speed, helping you use the grip available when one wheel would otherwise spin. It is especially useful for low-traction off-road sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it behave when switched off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt operates as an open differential, allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds for normal cornering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is sold separately. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-single-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eARB CKMA12 single onboard compressor\u003c\/a\u003e can operate one or two Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich axle does RD146 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRD146 is for the Toyota 10.5-inch, 36-spline rear axle used in the listed 5.7-litre Tundra application. Other Tundra engines and axle sizes are not automatically the same fit. The 34-spline Toyota 10.5-inch version is a different locker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted without setting up the differential?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes differential setup, bearing selection, backlash adjustment and air sealing. We recommend a differential specialist so the locker and the existing gearset are set up together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a single or twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKMA12 single can operate a front and rear Air Locker. Choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKMTA12 twin\u003c\/a\u003e if you also want higher airflow for regular tyre inflation. The twin needs the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e for Air Locker connections; tyre inflation uses the appropriate hose kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818887893334,"sku":"XADLRD146","price":1146.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xadlrd100_1_1__32.png?v=1785100949"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/collections\/Steering_Category_e9068c4c-8588-4881-9ee2-cc8edcee8800.png?v=1784218711","url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/driveline-steering.oembed?page=2","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}